2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 1

A L L Diagnostic Trouble Codes ( DTC ): U Code Charts

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 2

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

MF1A TRANSFER / 4WD / AWD: ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL 4WD SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0129: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0129 - Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module

DESCRIPTION

* The 4WD ECU inputs the signals sent from the ECM and skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.

* When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before repairing each

corresponding sensor.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Check for DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Transfer Case/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble

Codes.

(b) Record the output DTCs (4WD control system).

HINT

When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before

repairing each corresponding sensor.

NEXT -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

From 08/2009

MF1A TRANSFER / 4WD / AWD: ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL 4WD SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0129: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0129 - Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module

DESCRIPTION

* The 4WD ECU inputs the signals sent from the ECM and skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.

* When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before repairing each

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 3

corresponding sensor.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Check for DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Transfer Case/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble

Codes.

(b) Record the output DTCs (4WD control system).

HINT

When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before

repairing each corresponding sensor.

NEXT -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 4

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 5

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 6

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 7

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 8

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 9

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 10

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 11

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

From 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 12

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 13

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 14

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 15

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 16

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 17

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

From 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 18

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

Up to 08/2009

U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION / TRANSAXLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM: U0100: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

DESCRIPTION

The engine control unit communicates with the TCM using the Controller Area Network (CAN).

If there is a problem in this communication, the TCM sets a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 19

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

Perform the universal trip to clear permanent DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic

Transmission/Transaxle/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/U660E Automatic Transaxle

System/DTC Check / Clear.

HINT

* Refer to inspection procedure for CAN communication system.

* If the CAN communication malfunctions, the TCM cannot receive the current data from the ECM. In this case, the freeze

frame data output from the TCM has not been updated, so the data will not be useful for the inspection. However, reading the

Data List as the first step in troubleshooting is effective to find malfunctions.

* The malfunction area can be checked using the Bus Check function on the Techstream See: Powertrain

Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic

Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ECU TERMINAL VOLTAGE (+B AND E1 TERMINALS)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 20

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

(d) Turn the engine switch off.

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TCM - ECM)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 21

3. CHECK IF DTC OUTPUT RECURS

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Clear the DTCs.

(c) Replace the TCM.

HINT

Replace the TCM with a TCM from a normally functioning vehicle of the same model.

(d) Start the engine.

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

B -- REPLACE TCM See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Relays and Modules - Transmission and

Drivetrain/Relays and Modules - A/T/Control Module/Service and Repair/U660E Automatic Transaxle/Removal

A -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION / TRANSAXLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM: U0100: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

DESCRIPTION

The engine control unit communicates with the TCM using the Controller Area Network (CAN).

If there is a problem in this communication, the TCM sets a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 22

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

Perform the universal trip to clear permanent DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic

Transmission/Transaxle/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/U660E Automatic Transaxle

System/DTC Check / Clear.

HINT

* Refer to inspection procedure for CAN communication system.

* If the CAN communication malfunctions, the TCM cannot receive the current data from the ECM. In this case, the freeze

frame data output from the TCM has not been updated, so the data will not be useful for the inspection. However, reading the

Data List as the first step in troubleshooting is effective to find malfunctions.

* The malfunction area can be checked using the Bus Check function on the Techstream See: Powertrain

Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic

Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ECU TERMINAL VOLTAGE (+B AND E1 TERMINALS)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

(d) Turn the engine switch off.

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 23

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TCM - ECM)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK IF DTC OUTPUT RECURS

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Clear the DTCs.

(c) Replace the TCM.

HINT

Replace the TCM with a TCM from a normally functioning vehicle of the same model.

(d) Start the engine.

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 24

B -- REPLACE TCM See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Relays and Modules - Transmission and

Drivetrain/Relays and Modules - A/T/Control Module/Service and Repair/U660E Automatic Transaxle/Removal

A -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

U660F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION / TRANSAXLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM: U0100: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

DESCRIPTION

The engine control unit communicates with the TCM using the Controller Area Network (CAN).

If there is a problem in this communication, the TCM sets a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 25

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

Perform the universal trip to clear permanent DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic

Transmission/Transaxle/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/U660F Automatic Transaxle

System/DTC Check / Clear.

HINT

* Refer to inspection procedure for CAN communication system.

* If the CAN communication malfunctions, the TCM cannot receive the current data from the ECM. In this case, the freeze

frame data output from the TCM has not been updated, so the data will not be useful for the inspection. However, reading the

Data List as the first step in troubleshooting is effective to find malfunctions.

* The malfunction area can be checked using the Bus Check function on the Techstream See: Powertrain

Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic

Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ECU TERMINAL VOLTAGE (+B AND E1 TERMINALS)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

(d) Turn the engine switch off.

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 26

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TCM - ECM)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK IF DTC OUTPUT RECURS

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Clear the DTCs.

(c) Replace the TCM.

HINT

Replace the TCM with a TCM from a normally functioning vehicle of the same model.

(d) Start the engine.

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 27

B -- REPLACE TCM See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Relays and Modules - Transmission and

Drivetrain/Relays and Modules - A/T/Control Module/Service and Repair/U660F Automatic Transaxle/Removal

A -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

U660F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION / TRANSAXLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM: U0100: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

DESCRIPTION

The engine control unit communicates with the TCM using the Controller Area Network (CAN).

If there is a problem in this communication, the TCM sets a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 28

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

Perform the universal trip to clear permanent DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic

Transmission/Transaxle/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/U660F Automatic Transaxle

System/DTC Check / Clear.

HINT

* Refer to inspection procedure for CAN communication system.

* If the CAN communication malfunctions, the TCM cannot receive the current data from the ECM. In this case, the freeze

frame data output from the TCM has not been updated, so the data will not be useful for the inspection. However, reading the

Data List as the first step in troubleshooting is effective to find malfunctions.

* The malfunction area can be checked using the Bus Check function on the Techstream See: Powertrain

Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic

Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ECU TERMINAL VOLTAGE (+B AND E1 TERMINALS)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

(d) Turn the engine switch off.

(e) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 29

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TCM - ECM)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK IF DTC OUTPUT RECURS

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Clear the DTCs.

(c) Replace the TCM.

HINT

Replace the TCM with a TCM from a normally functioning vehicle of the same model.

(d) Start the engine.

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 30

B -- REPLACE TCM See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Relays and Modules - Transmission and

Drivetrain/Relays and Modules - A/T/Control Module/Service and Repair/U660F Automatic Transaxle/Removal

A -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

MF1A TRANSFER / 4WD / AWD: ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL 4WD SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0129: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0129 - Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module

DESCRIPTION

* The 4WD ECU inputs the signals sent from the ECM and skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.

* When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before repairing each

corresponding sensor.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Check for DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Transfer Case/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble

Codes.

(b) Record the output DTCs (4WD control system).

HINT

When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before

repairing each corresponding sensor.

NEXT -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

From 08/2009

MF1A TRANSFER / 4WD / AWD: ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL 4WD SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0129: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0129 - Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module

DESCRIPTION

* The 4WD ECU inputs the signals sent from the ECM and skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.

* When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before repairing each

corresponding sensor.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 31

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Check for DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Transfer Case/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble

Codes.

(b) Record the output DTCs (4WD control system).

HINT

When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before

repairing each corresponding sensor.

NEXT -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 32

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 33

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 34

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 35

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 36

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0100: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 37

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN power management bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power

Management2), troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the power management main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (ECM MAIN WIRE/POWER MANAGEMENT BUS)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (ECM MAIN WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 38

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0100: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 39

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN power management bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power

Management2), troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the power management main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (ECM MAIN WIRE/POWER MANAGEMENT BUS)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 40

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (ECM MAIN WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Disconnect the ECM connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 41

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

THEFT DETERRENT / KEYLESS ENTRY: SMART ACCESS SYSTEM WITH PUSH-BUTTON START (for Start Function): U0100:

Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

DESCRIPTION

The power management control ECU receives shift position information from 2 sources. It receives a shift position P signal from the shift lock

control unit assembly via a direct line, and shift position information from the ECM via CAN. If the information from these 2 sources is inconsistent,

this DTC will be stored.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

When the power management control ECU is replaced with a new one and the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal is

connected, the power source mode becomes the on (IG) mode. When the battery is removed and reinstalled, the power source

mode that was selected when the battery was removed is restored.

Refer to the CAN communication system See: U0100.

From 08/2009

THEFT DETERRENT / KEYLESS ENTRY: SMART ACCESS SYSTEM WITH PUSH-BUTTON START (for Start Function): U0100:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 42

Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0100 - Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

DESCRIPTION

The power management control ECU receives shift position information from 2 sources. It receives a shift position P signal from the shift lock

control unit assembly via a direct line, and shift position information from the ECM via CAN. If the information from these 2 sources is inconsistent,

this DTC will be stored.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Refer to the CAN communication system See: U0100.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

When the power management control ECU is replaced with a new one and the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal is

connected, the power source mode becomes the on (IG) mode. When the battery is removed and reinstalled, the power source

mode that was selected when the battery was removed is restored.

Refer to the CAN communication system See: U0100.

Up to 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 43

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 44

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

POWER ASSIST SYSTEMS: POWER STEERING SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U1104: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The power steering ECU receives signals from the ECM and the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) via the CAN communication system.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTC is not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 45

OK -- CHECK INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

POWER ASSIST SYSTEMS: POWER STEERING SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U1104: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The power steering ECU receives signals from the ECM and the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) via the CAN communication system.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTC is not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- CHECK INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 46

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 47

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 48

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

From 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 49

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 50

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 51

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 52

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

From 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 53

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 54

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 55

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 56

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

2GR-FE ENGINE CONTROL: SFI SYSTEM: U0101: Lost Communication with TCM

U0101 - Lost Communication with TCM

DESCRIPTION

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) and ECM perform 2-way communication with each other via the Controller Area Network (CAN). The

TCM sends signals to the ECM concerning required engine speed, required engine torque, warning indicators in the combination meter, DTCs and

other data. The ECM sends signals to the TCM concerning engine speed, opening angle of the throttle valve, temperature of intake air, temperature

of engine coolant, engine torque and other data. If the TCM cannot communicate with the ECM, the TCM will conclude that there is a malfunction

in the CAN system, illuminate the MIL and set a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 57

* Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

* Turn the engine switch on (IG) and turn the Techstream on.

* Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure) See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/DTC Check / Clear.

* Turn the engine switch off.

* Turn the engine switch on (IG) and turn the Techstream on [A].

* Wait 5 seconds or more.

* Enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Utility / All Readiness.

* Input the DTC: U0101.

* Check the DTC judgment result [B].

HINT

If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.

* If the test result is UNKNOWN, enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Trouble Codes / Pending.

* Read Pending DTCs.

HINT

If a pending DTC is output, the system is malfunctioning.

* If the test result is INCOMPLETE or UNKNOWN and no pending DTC is output, perform a universal trip and check for permanent DTCs

See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/DTC

Check / Clear.

HINT

* If a permanent DTC is output, the system is malfunctioning.

* If no permanent DTC is output, the system is normal.

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 58

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ANY OTHER DTCS OUTPUT (IN ADDITION TO DTC U0101)

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Trouble Codes.

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

HINT

If any DTCs other than U0101 are output, troubleshoot those DTCs first.

B -- GO TO DTC CHART See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/SFI System

A -- Continue to next step.

2. INSPECT ECU POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT (TCM POWER SOURCE)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 59

(d) Reconnect the TCM connector.

NG -- GO TO TCM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - TCM)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance (Check for Open):

Standard Resistance (Check for Short):

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the ECM connector.

(e) Reconnect the TCM connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (ECM - TCM)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. REPLACE ECM

(a) Replace the ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (DTC U0101)

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 60

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

B -- REPLACE TCM See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Relays and Modules - Transmission and

Drivetrain/Relays and Modules - A/T/Control Module/Service and Repair/U660E Automatic Transaxle/Removal

A -- END

From 08/2009

2GR-FE ENGINE CONTROL: SFI SYSTEM: U0101: Lost Communication with TCM

U0101 - Lost Communication with TCM

DESCRIPTION

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) and ECM perform 2-way communication with each other via the Controller Area Network (CAN). The

TCM sends signals to the ECM concerning required engine speed, required engine torque, warning indicators in the combination meter, DTCs and

other data. The ECM sends signals to the TCM concerning engine speed, opening angle of the throttle valve, temperature of intake air, temperature

of engine coolant, engine torque and other data. If the TCM cannot communicate with the ECM, the TCM will conclude that there is a malfunction

in the CAN system, illuminate the MIL and set a DTC.

MONITOR STRATEGY

TYPICAL ENABLING CONDITIONS

TYPICAL MALFUNCTION THRESHOLDS

CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 61

* Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

* Turn the engine switch on (IG) and turn the Techstream on.

* Clear the DTCs (even if no DTCs are stored, perform the clear DTC procedure) See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/DTC Check / Clear.

* Turn the engine switch off.

* Turn the engine switch on (IG) and turn the Techstream on [A].

* Wait 5 seconds or more.

* Enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Utility / All Readiness.

* Input the DTC: U0101.

* Check the DTC judgment result [B].

HINT

If the judgment result shows ABNORMAL, the system has a malfunction.

* If the test result is UNKNOWN, enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Trouble Codes / Pending.

* Read Pending DTCs.

HINT

If a pending DTC is output, the system is malfunctioning.

* If the test result is INCOMPLETE or UNKNOWN and no pending DTC is output, perform a universal trip and check for permanent DTCs

See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/DTC

Check / Clear.

HINT

* If a permanent DTC is output, the system is malfunctioning.

* If no permanent DTC is output, the system is normal.

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 62

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ANY OTHER DTCS OUTPUT (IN ADDITION TO DTC U0101)

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Trouble Codes.

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

HINT

If any DTCs other than U0101 are output, troubleshoot those DTCs first.

B -- GO TO DTC CHART See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/SFI System

A -- Continue to next step.

2. INSPECT ECU POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT (TCM POWER SOURCE)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 63

(d) Reconnect the TCM connector.

NG -- GO TO TCM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - TCM)

(a) Disconnect the TCM connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance (Check for Open):

Standard Resistance (Check for Short):

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the ECM connector.

(e) Reconnect the TCM connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (ECM - TCM)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. REPLACE ECM

(a) Replace the ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (DTC U0101)

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Powertrain / Engine / Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 64

(e) Read the DTCs.

Result:

B -- REPLACE TCM See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Relays and Modules - Transmission and

Drivetrain/Relays and Modules - A/T/Control Module/Service and Repair/U660E Automatic Transaxle/Removal

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: INTUITIVE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM: U0101: Lost Communication with TCM

U0101 - Lost Communication with TCM

DESCRIPTION

This DTC is stored when the clearance warning ECU*1 or parking assist ECU*2 can not receive and recognize several signals via the CAN

communication system.

* *1: w/o Side Monitor System

* *2: w/ Side Monitor System

HINT

When 2 or more DTCs starting with "U" are output simultaneously, inspect the connectors and wire harness of each ECU.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT (U0101)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

Result:

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CONFIRM MODEL

(a) Choose the model to be inspected.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 65

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

A -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK DTC OUTPUT (C168D)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

If DTC U0101 is still output after performing the procedure to troubleshoot DTC C168D, replace the parking assist ECU.

C -- GO TO REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (W/ SIDE MONITOR SYSTEM)

B -- GO TO PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: INTUITIVE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM: U0101: Lost Communication with TCM

U0101 - Lost Communication with TCM

DESCRIPTION

This DTC is stored when the clearance warning ECU*1 or parking assist ECU*2 can not receive and recognize several signals via the CAN

communication system.

* *1: w/o Side Monitor System

* *2: w/ Side Monitor System

HINT

When 2 or more DTCs starting with "U" are output simultaneously, inspect the connectors and wire harness of each ECU.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT (U0101)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 66

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

Result:

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CONFIRM MODEL

(a) Choose the model to be inspected.

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

A -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK DTC OUTPUT (C168D)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

If DTC U0101 is still output after performing the procedure to troubleshoot DTC C168D, replace the parking assist ECU.

C -- GO TO REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (W/ SIDE MONITOR SYSTEM)

B -- GO TO PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 67

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

From 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 68

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 69

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 70

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 71

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 72

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 73

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 74

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 75

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0104: Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

U0104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power the management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 76

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 77

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0104: Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

U0104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 78

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power the management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 79

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 80

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 81

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 82

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 83

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 84

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 85

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 86

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 87

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 88

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 89

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 90

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 91

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U110B,U1110: Lost Communication with Parking Assist Control Module "B"

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 92

HINT

The parking assist ECU includes the clearance sonar module (w/ parking assist monitor and intuitive parking assist system).

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 93

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 94

NG -- HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE PARKING ASSIST ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Parking Assist ECU/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U110B,U1110: Lost Communication with Parking Assist Control Module "B"

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

DESCRIPTION

HINT

The parking assist ECU includes the clearance sonar module (w/ parking assist monitor and intuitive parking assist system).

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 95

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 96

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE PARKING ASSIST ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Parking Assist ECU/Removal

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 97

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 98

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 99

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 100

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 101

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 102

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 103

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 104

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0114: Lost Communication with 4WD Control ECU

U0114 - Lost Communication with 4WD Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 105

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (4WD CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the 4WD control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (4WD CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 106

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE 4WD CONTROL ECU

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0114: Lost Communication with 4WD Control ECU

U0114 - Lost Communication with 4WD Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 107

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (4WD CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the 4WD control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (4WD CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 108

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE 4WD CONTROL ECU

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 109

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 110

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 111

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 112

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 113

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 114

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 115

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 116

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 117

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 118

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 119

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 120

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 121

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 122

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 123

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 124

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 125

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

From 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 126

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 127

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 128

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 129

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

From 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 130

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 131

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 132

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 133

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 134

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 135

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 136

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 137

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 138

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 139

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

From 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 140

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 141

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 142

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 143

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 144

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 145

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

From 08/2009

BRAKE CONTROL / DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM:

U0073,U0100,U0123,U0124,U0126: Control Module Communication Bus OFF

U0126 - Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module

DESCRIPTION

The skid control ECU receives signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN communication

system.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 146

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)

(a) Using the Techstream, check for any momentary interruption in the wire harness and connector corresponding to the DTC See:

Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General

Diagnostics/Check for Intermittent Problems.

ABS/VSC/TRAC

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 147

Result:

HINT

Perform the above inspection before removing the sensor and connector.

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

B -- RECONFIRM DTC

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely connected.

OK:

Each connector is securely connected.

NG -- CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR OR ECM CORRECTLY

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC system and/or CAN communication system) See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock

Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes for ABS and VSC system,

or See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and

Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System for CAN communication system).

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs and the relevant sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the relevant sensor

DTCs (for ABS and/or VSC system) after the CAN communication system returns to normal.

Result:

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 148

System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

4. REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.

(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid control ECU and each sensor or ECM See: Brakes and Traction

Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Check for

Intermittent Problems.

(d) Check that there are no momentary interruptions.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

5. RECONFIRM DTC

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Clear the DTCs See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Reading and

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(c) Start the engine.

(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right and left at a speed of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more.

(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is output See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control

Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis

System.

(f) If ABS and/or VSC system DTCs are output, record them.

Result:

HINT

The CAN communication system must be normal when performing troubleshooting for each sensor DTC (for ABS and/or VSC

system).

C -- INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

B -- REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTC See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/Vehicle Stability Control

System

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 149

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

From 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 150

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 151

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 152

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 153

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 154

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 155

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

MF1A TRANSFER / 4WD / AWD: ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL 4WD SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0129: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0129 - Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module

DESCRIPTION

* The 4WD ECU inputs the signals sent from the ECM and skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.

* When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before repairing each

corresponding sensor.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 156

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Check for DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Transfer Case/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble

Codes.

(b) Record the output DTCs (4WD control system).

HINT

When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before

repairing each corresponding sensor.

NEXT -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

From 08/2009

MF1A TRANSFER / 4WD / AWD: ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL 4WD SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0129: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0129 - Lost Communication with Brake System Control Module

DESCRIPTION

* The 4WD ECU inputs the signals sent from the ECM and skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.

* When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before repairing each

corresponding sensor.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Check for DTCs See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Transfer Case/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble

Codes.

(b) Record the output DTCs (4WD control system).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 157

HINT

When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN communication system before

repairing each corresponding sensor.

NEXT -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 158

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 159

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 160

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 161

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 162

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 163

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

POWER ASSIST SYSTEMS: POWER STEERING SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U1104: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 164

DESCRIPTION

The power steering ECU receives signals from the ECM and the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) via the CAN communication system.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTC is not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- CHECK INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

POWER ASSIST SYSTEMS: POWER STEERING SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U1104: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The power steering ECU receives signals from the ECM and the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) via the CAN communication system.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTC is not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 165

Troubleshooting

OK -- CHECK INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 166

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 167

From 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

Up to 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 168

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 169

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0132: Lost Communication with Ride Level Control Module

U0132 - Lost Communication with Ride Level Control Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 170

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the suspension control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 171

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0132: Lost Communication with Ride Level Control Module

U0132 - Lost Communication with Ride Level Control Module

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 172

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the suspension control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 173

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 174

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU

Up to 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 175

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

SUSPENSION CONTROL: AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM: U0100-U0122,U0124,U0140: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

The suspension control ECU inputs signals from the skid control ECU, yaw rate sensor, ECM, TCM and main body ECU via CAN communication.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Perform a road test.

(c) Check for DTC See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

HINT

If a CAN communication malfunction DTC and a related sensor malfunction DTC are output at the same time, the CAN

communication malfunction must be repaired before troubleshooting the sensor malfunction DTC.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 176

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: PARKING ASSIST MONITOR SYSTEM: U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0140: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 177

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Parking Assist Monitor System.

Result:

HINT

* If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection

Procedure.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/Electronic Circuit Inspection Procedure

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 178

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (w/ Side Monitor System): U0073,U0100,U0129,U0140: Control

Module Communication Bus Off

U0140 - Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored if there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system connected to the parking assist ECU.

HINT

If CAN communication system DTCs are stored, they may also be stored in other systems.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Rear View Monitor System (w/ Side Monitor System).

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 179

HINT

* If the CAN communication system has been inspected and repaired in other systems, the DTCs will not be output when

rechecking for DTCs.

* If these DTCs are output frequently, duplicate the conditions that cause the problem symptoms and perform the inspection

again, even though the DTC was not output when rechecking for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft

and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With

Troubleshooting.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 180

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 181

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: INTUITIVE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM: U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

U0155 - Lost Communication with Instrument Panel Cluster Control Module (Combination Meter)

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when the clearance warning ECU*1 or parking assist ECU*2 can not receive and recognize several signals via the CAN

communication system.

* *1: w/o Side Monitor System

* *2: w/ Side Monitor System

HINT

When 2 or more DTCs starting with "U" are output simultaneously, inspect the connectors and wire harness of each ECU.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

Result:

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: INTUITIVE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM: U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

U0155 - Lost Communication with Instrument Panel Cluster Control Module (Combination Meter)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 182

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when the clearance warning ECU*1 or parking assist ECU*2 can not receive and recognize several signals via the CAN

communication system.

* *1: w/o Side Monitor System

* *2: w/ Side Monitor System

HINT

When 2 or more DTCs starting with "U" are output simultaneously, inspect the connectors and wire harness of each ECU.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

Result:

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 183

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 184

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 185

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 186

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

From 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 187

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

Up to 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 188

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

METER / GAUGE / DISPLAY: METER / GAUGE SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U0131,U0142,U0151: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM

"A"

U0151 - Lost Communication with Airbag ECU

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter assembly communicates with the ECM via the CAN communication system (CAN No. 1 Bus).

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Connect the Techstream to the DLC3.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Turn the Techstream on.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 189

(d) Enter the following menus: Body Electrical / Trouble Codes.

(e) Clear the stored DTCs.

(f) Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) for at least 60 seconds.

(g) Stop the vehicle.

(h) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System.

Result:

HINT

If CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 and another DTC are output at the same time,

perform troubleshooting for CAN communication system DTC U0100, U0129, U0131, U0142, or U0151 first.

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 190

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 191

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: INTUITIVE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM: U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

U0155 - Lost Communication with Instrument Panel Cluster Control Module (Combination Meter)

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when the clearance warning ECU*1 or parking assist ECU*2 can not receive and recognize several signals via the CAN

communication system.

* *1: w/o Side Monitor System

* *2: w/ Side Monitor System

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 192

HINT

When 2 or more DTCs starting with "U" are output simultaneously, inspect the connectors and wire harness of each ECU.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

Result:

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PARK ASSIST / MONITORING: INTUITIVE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM: U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with Main Body ECU

U0155 - Lost Communication with Instrument Panel Cluster Control Module (Combination Meter)

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when the clearance warning ECU*1 or parking assist ECU*2 can not receive and recognize several signals via the CAN

communication system.

* *1: w/o Side Monitor System

* *2: w/ Side Monitor System

HINT

When 2 or more DTCs starting with "U" are output simultaneously, inspect the connectors and wire harness of each ECU.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 193

(b) Check for DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Intuitive Parking Assist System.

Result:

B -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

A -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 194

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 195

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 196

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

From 08/2009

HEATING / AIR CONDITIONING: AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: U0100,U0101,U0131,U0142,U0155: Lost Communication with

ECM

U0155 - Lost Communication with Combination Meter

DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HINT

Refer to CAN Communication System See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing

and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With Troubleshooting.

NEXT -- END

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 197

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 198

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 199

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0164: Lost Communication with A/C ECU

U0164 - Lost Communication with A/C ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If power management bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power

Management2), troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the power management main bus circuit.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 200

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the air conditioning amplifier connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK FRONT AND SIDE MONITOR SYSTEM (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 201

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0164: Lost Communication with A/C ECU

U0164 - Lost Communication with A/C ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 202

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If power management bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power

Management2), troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the power management main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the air conditioning amplifier connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 203

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK FRONT AND SIDE MONITOR SYSTEM (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0182: Lost Communication with AFS ECU

U0182 - Lost Communication with AFS ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 204

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (AFS ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the AFS ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE (AFS ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 205

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

OK -- REPLACE AFS ECU See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0182: Lost Communication with AFS ECU

U0182 - Lost Communication with AFS ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 206

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (AFS ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the AFS ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE (AFS ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 207

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

OK -- REPLACE AFS ECU See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 208

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 209

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0199: Lost Communication with "Door Control Module A"

U0199 - Lost Communication with "Door Control Module A"

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 210

B -- REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU RH BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the outer mirror control ECU RH connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU RH

BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 211

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY ((RH)) See: Body and Frame/Mirrors/Power Mirror

Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0199: Lost Communication with "Door Control Module A"

U0199 - Lost Communication with "Door Control Module A"

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 212

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU RH BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the outer mirror control ECU RH connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU RH

BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 213

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY ((RH)) See: Body and Frame/Mirrors/Power Mirror

Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0200: Lost Communication with "Door Control Module B"

U0200 - Lost Communication with "Door Control Module B"

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 214

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU LH BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the outer mirror control ECU LH connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU LH

BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 215

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU LH See: Body and Frame/Mirrors/Power Mirror Control Module/Service

and Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0200: Lost Communication with "Door Control Module B"

U0200 - Lost Communication with "Door Control Module B"

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 216

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU LH BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the outer mirror control ECU LH connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU LH

BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 217

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE OUTER MIRROR CONTROL ECU LH See: Body and Frame/Mirrors/Power Mirror Control Module/Service

and Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0208: Lost Communication with "Seat Control Module A"

U0208 - Lost Communication with "Seat Control Module A"

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 218

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (POSITION CONTROL ECU LH BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the position control ECU LH connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (POSITION CONTROL ECU LH BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Disconnect the position control ECU LH connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 219

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE POSITION CONTROL ECU & SWITCH ASSEMBLY (LH) See: Body and Frame/Seats/Power Seat

Switch/Service and Repair/Power Seat Switch/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0208: Lost Communication with "Seat Control Module A"

U0208 - Lost Communication with "Seat Control Module A"

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 220

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (POSITION CONTROL ECU LH BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the position control ECU LH connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 221

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (POSITION CONTROL ECU LH BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Disconnect the position control ECU LH connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 222

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE POSITION CONTROL ECU & SWITCH ASSEMBLY (LH) See: Body and Frame/Seats/Power Seat

Switch/Service and Repair/Power Seat Switch/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0230: Lost Communication with Rear Gate Module

U0230 - Lost Communication with Rear Gate Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 223

B -- REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (POWER BACK DOOR ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the power back door ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (POWER BACK DOOR ECU BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 224

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE POWER BACK DOOR UNIT ASSEMBLY (POWER BACK DOOR ECU) See: Body and Frame/Doors,

Hood and Trunk/Trunk / Liftgate/Trunk / Liftgate Motor/Service and Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U0230: Lost Communication with Rear Gate Module

U0230 - Lost Communication with Rear Gate Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 225

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (POWER BACK DOOR ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the power back door ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (POWER BACK DOOR ECU BRANCH

WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 226

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE POWER BACK DOOR UNIT ASSEMBLY (POWER BACK DOOR ECU) See: Body and Frame/Doors,

Hood and Trunk/Trunk / Liftgate/Trunk / Liftgate Motor/Service and Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0235: Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front

Distance Range Sensor

U0235 - Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front Distance Range Sensor

DESCRIPTION

The millimeter wave radar sensor and driving support ECU transmit the data for general vehicle control and diagnosis function along the

communication line. The millimeter wave radar sensor transmits information about the vehicle in front to the driving support ECU.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 227

NOTICE:

When the millimeter wave radar sensor is replaced with a new one, adjustment of the radar sensor beam axis must be performed

See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR - BODY GROUND)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 228

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - BODY GROUND)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 229

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. CHECK DRIVING SUPPORT ECU

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Text in Illustration

Standard Voltage:

NG -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Components

OK -- Continue to next step.

6. REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR

(a) Replace the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Components.

(b) Adjust the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

7. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

(b) Perform the following to make sure that the DTC detection conditions are met.

HINT

If the detection conditions are not met, the malfunction cannot be detected.

(1) Drive the vehicle at a speed of 50 km/h (31 mph) or more.

(2) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(3) Push the -SET switch to activate the cruise control.

(c) Check for DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 230

B -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Components

A -- END

From 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0235: Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front

Distance Range Sensor

U0235 - Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front Distance Range Sensor

DESCRIPTION

The millimeter wave radar sensor and driving support ECU transmit the data for general vehicle control and diagnosis function along the

communication line. The millimeter wave radar sensor transmits information about the vehicle in front to the driving support ECU.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

When the millimeter wave radar sensor is replaced with a new one, adjustment of the radar sensor beam axis must be performed

See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 231

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR - BODY GROUND)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 232

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - BODY GROUND)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. CHECK DRIVING SUPPORT ECU

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 233

Standard Voltage:

NG -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Components

OK -- Continue to next step.

6. REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR

(a) Replace the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Components.

(b) Adjust the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

7. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

(b) Perform the following to make sure that the DTC detection conditions are met.

HINT

If the detection conditions are not met, the malfunction cannot be detected.

(1) Drive the vehicle at a speed of 50 km/h (31 mph) or more.

(2) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(3) Push the -SET switch to activate the cruise control.

(c) Check for DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

Result:

B -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Components

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0235: Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front Distance Range Sensor

U0235 - Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front Distance Range Sensor

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 234

The driving support ECU sends information on steering angle and steering direction to the millimeter wave radar sensor. The millimeter wave radar

sensor then sends information on the presence, distance, and relative speed of objects ahead to the driving support ECU. The driving support ECU

sends this information to the ECM and performs cruise control.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* When replacing the millimeter wave radar sensor with a new one, make sure to perform Adjust Millimeter Wave Radar

Sensor Assembly See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance

Sensor/Adjustments.

* Confirm that the connector is securely connected, as a partially connected connector is suspected for the cause of this DTC.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 235

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR

SENSOR)

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (IGB VOLTAGE)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGB CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 236

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (LRDD OUTPUT VOLTAGE)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Removal

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU

(a) Replace the driving support ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

6. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

(b) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(c) Drive the vehicle at the required speed (45 km/h (27 mph) or higher).

(d) Check if the same DTC is output See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing

and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 237

B -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Removal

A -- END

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0235: Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front Distance Range Sensor

U0235 - Lost Communication with Cruise Control Front Distance Range Sensor

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU sends information on steering angle and steering direction to the millimeter wave radar sensor. The millimeter wave radar

sensor then sends information on the presence, distance, and relative speed of objects ahead to the driving support ECU. The driving support ECU

sends this information to the ECM and performs cruise control.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* When replacing the millimeter wave radar sensor with a new one, make sure to perform Adjust Millimeter Wave Radar

Sensor Assembly See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance

Sensor/Adjustments.

* Confirm that the connector is securely connected, as a partially connected connector is suspected for the cause of this DTC.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 238

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR

SENSOR)

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (IGB VOLTAGE)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 239

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGB CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (LRDD OUTPUT VOLTAGE)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Removal

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 240

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU

(a) Replace the driving support ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

6. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

(b) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(c) Drive the vehicle at the required speed (45 km/h (27 mph) or higher).

(d) Check if the same DTC is output See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing

and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

Result:

B -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Removal

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 241

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Part 1

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1002: Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management1)

U1002 - Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management1)

DESCRIPTION

* The power management control ECU will store this DTC when no signals can be received from the ECUs that have been memorized as those

that are connected to the CAN No. 2 bus.

* When the power management control ECU receives a response signal from the ECUs connected to the CAN No. 2 bus, the power

management control ECU recognizes and memorizes that the ECU is connected to the CAN No. 2 bus. Based on this memorized data, the

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 242

power management control ECU monitors for malfunctions in the ECUs connected to the CAN No. 2 bus when communicating with those

ECUs. If the power management control ECU cannot receive response signals from the ECUs that have been memorized as those connected to

the CAN No. 2 bus, the power management control ECU determines that a malfunction exists.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 243

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may help

determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

(c) Disconnected the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU MAIN WIRE)

A -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

2. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU MAIN WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 244

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

3. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 245

4. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 5 J/C)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - CAN NO. 4 J/C)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 5 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 5 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 246

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CAN NO. 5 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

7. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 247

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

A -- Continue to next step.

8. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C - AFS ECU)

(a) Disconnect the AFS ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - AFS ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

A -- Continue to next step.

9. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C - DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 248

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - DRIVING

SUPPORT ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

10. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

NOTICE:

The resistance must be measured after the main wire connected ECU and junction connector are reconnected.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

Result:

C -- REPLACE CAN NO. 3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B -- REPLACE HEADLIGHT SWIVEL ECU (AFS ECU) See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

A -- Continue to next step.

11. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

(a) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 249

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

OK -- REPLACE HEADLIGHT SWIVEL ECU (AFS ECU) See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

12. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - CAN NO. 4 J/C)

A -- Continue to next step.

13. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - 4WD CONTROL ECU)

HINT

For 2WD vehicles, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the 4WD control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 250

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - 4WD CONTROL

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

14. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without air suspension, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the suspension control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SUSPENSION

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

15. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without pre-collision system, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 251

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SEAT BELT

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

16. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - PARKING ASSIST ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without parking assist monitor system, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - PARKING ASSIST

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

17. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CLEARANCE WARNING ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without intuitive parking assist system, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the clearance warning ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 252

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CLEARANCE

WARNING ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

18. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NOTICE:

The resistance must be measured after the main wire connected ECU and junction connector are reconnected.

NG -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

19. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (ECUS)

(a) Connect the probes of an ohmmeter to terminals 26 (CA2H) and 25 (CA2L) of the power management control ECU.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 253

(b) While observing the resistance value shown on the tester, reconnect the each ECU connector until the resistance becomes abnormal

(Below 54 Ohms).

(c) Replace the ECU that caused the total resistance to drop below 54 Ohms when it was reconnected.

HINT

If the resistance becomes abnormal when an ECU connector is reconnected, there may be a short in the ECU.

NEXT -- REPLACE ECU

Part 2

20. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 5 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CAN NO. 5 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

21. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 254

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 3)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

22. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 3)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 255

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

E -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (AFS ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 MAIN WIRE)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

23. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 MAIN WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 256

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - CAN NO. 4 J/C)

A -- Continue to next step.

24. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 257

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 258

E -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU)

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (4WD CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A -- Continue to next step.

25. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 259

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CLEARANCE WARNING ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (PARKING ASSIST ECU)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

26. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 5 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CAN NO. 5 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

27. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (AFS ECU)

(a) Disconnect the AFS ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 260

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - AFS ECU)

OK -- REPLACE HEADLIGHT SWIVEL ECU (AFS ECU) See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

28. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 261

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - DRIVING

SUPPORT ECU)

OK -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

29. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (4WD CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the 4WD control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 262

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - 4WD CONTROL

ECU)

OK -- REPLACE 4WD CONTROL ECU

30. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the suspension control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SUSPENSION

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- REPLACE SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 263

31. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SEAT BELT

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- REPLACE SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU

32. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (PARKING ASSIST ECU)

(a) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 264

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - PARKING ASSIST

ECU)

OK -- REPLACE PARKING ASSIST ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Parking Assist ECU/Removal

33. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CLEARANCE WARNING ECU)

(a) Disconnect the clearance warning ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 265

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CLEARANCE

WARNING ECU)

OK -- REPLACE CLEARANCE WARNING ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking

Assist Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Clearance Warning ECU/Removal

Part 1

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1002: Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management1)

U1002 - Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management1)

DESCRIPTION

* The power management control ECU will store this DTC when no signals can be received from the ECUs that have been memorized as those

that are connected to the CAN No. 2 bus.

* When the power management control ECU receives a response signal from the ECUs connected to the CAN No. 2 bus, the power

management control ECU recognizes and memorizes that the ECU is connected to the CAN No. 2 bus. Based on this memorized data, the

power management control ECU monitors for malfunctions in the ECUs connected to the CAN No. 2 bus when communicating with those

ECUs. If the power management control ECU cannot receive response signals from the ECUs that have been memorized as those connected to

the CAN No. 2 bus, the power management control ECU determines that a malfunction exists.

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 266

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 267

Text in Illustration

(c) Disconnected the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU MAIN WIRE)

A -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

2. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU MAIN WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 268

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

3. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 269

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 5 J/C)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - CAN NO. 4 J/C)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN NO. 2 BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 5 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 5 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CAN NO. 5 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 270

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

7. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

A -- Continue to next step.

8. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C - AFS ECU)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 271

(a) Disconnect the AFS ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - AFS ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

A -- Continue to next step.

9. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C - DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - DRIVING

SUPPORT ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

10. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 3 J/C)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 272

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

NOTICE:

The resistance must be measured after the main wire connected ECU and junction connector are reconnected.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

Result:

C -- REPLACE CAN NO. 3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B -- REPLACE HEADLIGHT SWIVEL ECU (AFS ECU) See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

A -- Continue to next step.

11. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

(a) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

OK -- REPLACE HEADLIGHT SWIVEL ECU (AFS ECU) See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 273

12. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - CAN NO. 4 J/C)

A -- Continue to next step.

13. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - 4WD CONTROL ECU)

HINT

For 2WD vehicles, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the 4WD control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 274

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - 4WD CONTROL

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

14. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without air suspension, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the suspension control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SUSPENSION

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

15. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without pre-collision system, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 275

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SEAT BELT

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

16. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - PARKING ASSIST ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without parking assist monitor system, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - PARKING ASSIST

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

17. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CLEARANCE WARNING ECU)

HINT

For vehicles without intuitive parking assist system, go to the next step.

(a) Disconnect the clearance warning ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 276

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CLEARANCE

WARNING ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

Part 2

18. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 4 J/C)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NOTICE:

The resistance must be measured after the main wire connected ECU and junction connector are reconnected.

NG -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

19. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (ECUS)

(a) Connect the probes of an ohmmeter to terminals 26 (CA2H) and 25 (CA2L) of the power management control ECU.

Text in Illustration

(b) While observing the resistance value shown on the tester, reconnect the each ECU connector until the resistance becomes abnormal

(Below 54 Ohms).

(c) Replace the ECU that caused the total resistance to drop below 54 Ohms when it was reconnected.

HINT

If the resistance becomes abnormal when an ECU connector is reconnected, there may be a short in the ECU.

NEXT -- REPLACE ECU

20. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 277

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 5 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CAN NO. 5 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

21. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 278

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 3)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU

22. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 3)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 3 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 279

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

E -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (AFS ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 MAIN WIRE)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

23. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 MAIN WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 280

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - CAN NO. 4 J/C)

A -- Continue to next step.

24. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 281

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 282

E -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU)

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (4WD CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A -- Continue to next step.

25. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 4 BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 4 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 283

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CLEARANCE WARNING ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (PARKING ASSIST ECU)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

26. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CAN J/C NO. 5)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 5 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CAN NO. 5 J/C)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

27. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (AFS ECU)

(a) Disconnect the AFS ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 284

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - AFS ECU)

OK -- REPLACE HEADLIGHT SWIVEL ECU (AFS ECU) See: Lighting and Horns/Headlamp/Headlamp Alignment Control

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

28. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 285

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 3 J/C - DRIVING

SUPPORT ECU)

OK -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

29. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (4WD CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the 4WD control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 286

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - 4WD CONTROL

ECU)

OK -- REPLACE 4WD CONTROL ECU

30. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the suspension control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SUSPENSION

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- REPLACE SUSPENSION CONTROL ECU

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 287

31. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - SEAT BELT

CONTROL ECU)

OK -- REPLACE SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU

32. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (PARKING ASSIST ECU)

(a) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 288

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - PARKING ASSIST

ECU)

OK -- REPLACE PARKING ASSIST ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Parking Assist ECU/Removal

33. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN NO. 2 BUS WIRE (CLEARANCE WARNING ECU)

(a) Disconnect the clearance warning ECU connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 289

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN NO. 2 BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 4 J/C - CLEARANCE

WARNING ECU)

OK -- REPLACE CLEARANCE WARNING ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking

Assist Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Clearance Warning ECU/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1002: Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management2)

U1002 - Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management2)

DESCRIPTION

* The power management control ECU will store this DTC when no signals can be received from the ECUs that have been memorized as those

that are connected to the power management bus.

* When the power management control ECU receives a response signal from the ECUs connected to the power management bus, the power

management control ECU recognizes and memorizes that the ECU is connected to the power management bus. Based on this memorized data,

the power management control ECU monitors for malfunctions in the ECUs connected to the power management bus when communicating

with those ECUs. If the power management control ECU cannot receive response signals from the ECUs that have been memorized as those

connected to the power management bus, the power management control ECU determines that a malfunction exists.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 290

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

Result:

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 291

B -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

A -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

2. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (ECM)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

3. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (ECM)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 292

4. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

(a) Reconnect the ECM connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - ECM)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 293

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

6. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

7. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

(a) Reconnect the ECM connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 294

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - ECM)

A -- Continue to next step.

8. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

(a) Disconnect the air conditioning amplifier connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

OK -- REPLACE AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

9. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 295

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

10. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

(a) Disconnect the ECM connectors.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 296

11. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - ECM)

A -- Continue to next step.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 297

12. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

(a) Disconnect the air conditioning amplifier connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Text in Illustration

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

OK -- REPLACE AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1002: Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management2)

U1002 - Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Power Management2)

DESCRIPTION

* The power management control ECU will store this DTC when no signals can be received from the ECUs that have been memorized as those

that are connected to the power management bus.

* When the power management control ECU receives a response signal from the ECUs connected to the power management bus, the power

management control ECU recognizes and memorizes that the ECU is connected to the power management bus. Based on this memorized data,

the power management control ECU monitors for malfunctions in the ECUs connected to the power management bus when communicating

with those ECUs. If the power management control ECU cannot receive response signals from the ECUs that have been memorized as those

connected to the power management bus, the power management control ECU determines that a malfunction exists.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 298

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 299

(c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

Result:

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

A -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

2. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (ECM)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

3. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (ECM)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 300

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

4. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

(a) Reconnect the ECM connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 301

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - ECM)

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRE (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

6. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

(a) Reconnect the power management control ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 302

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

7. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

(a) Reconnect the ECM connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - ECM)

A -- Continue to next step.

8. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

(a) Disconnect the air conditioning amplifier connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 303

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

OK -- REPLACE AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

9. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU)

(a) Disconnect the power management control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

OK -- REPLACE POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL ECU See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power Distribution

Module/Service and Repair/Removal

10. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (ECM)

(a) Disconnect the ECM connectors.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 304

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

OK -- REPLACE ECM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and

Repair/Removal

11. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C MAIN WIRE)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 7 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 305

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

Result:

C -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - POWER MANAGEMENT

CONTROL ECU)

B -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - ECM)

A -- Continue to next step.

12. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

(a) Disconnect the air conditioning amplifier connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Text in Illustration

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 306

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (open or short circuit) that was obtained in the

Check CAN Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 7 J/C - A/C ECU)

OK -- REPLACE AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1002: Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Main Body)

U1002 - Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Main Body)

DESCRIPTION

* The main body ECU will store this DTC when no signals can be received from the ECUs that have been memorized as those that are

connected to the CAN MS bus.

* When the main body ECU receives a response signal from the ECUs connected to the CAN MS bus, the main body ECU recognizes and

memorizes that the ECU is connected to the CAN MS bus. Based on this memorized data, the main body ECU monitors for malfunctions in

the ECUs connected to the CAN MS bus when communicating with those ECUs. If the main body ECU cannot receive response signals from

the ECUs that have been memorized as those connected to the CAN MS bus, the main body ECU determines that a malfunction exists.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 307

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN MS BUS WIRE

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

(c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 308

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

A -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

2. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

3. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Reconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC

ECU)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 309

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

6. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 310

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

7. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Reconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

8. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 311

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

9. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Connect the probes of an ohmmeter to terminals CANH and CANL of the tilt and telescopic ECU.

Text in Illustration

(c) While observing the resistance value shown on the tester, disconnect branch wire connector (except F74 and F78) from the CAN No. 6

junction connector until the resistance becomes normal (between 54 and 69 Ohms).

Text in Illustration

HINT

* The connectors connected to the CAN junction connector can be distinguished by the colors of the bus wire.

* Reconnecting the connectors to non-specified positions on the CAN junction connector does not affect system operation.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 312

B -- CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the connector for the short-circuited branch wire to the CAN junction connector (the connector that caused the bus wire

resistance to become normal (between 54 and 69 Ohms) when it was disconnected).

(b) Disconnect the connector that includes terminals CANH and CANL from the ECU to which the short-circuited branch wire is

connected.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

If the resistance becomes normal (between 54 and 69 Ohms) when the connector is disconnected from the ECU, there may be a

short in the ECU.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR

OK -- REPLACE CORRESPONDING ECU

11. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 313

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

12. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

13. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 314

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

14. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 315

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES

OK -- Continue to next step.

15. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Connect the probes of an ohmmeter to terminals CANH or CANL and GND or +B of the tilt and telescopic ECU.

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

(c) While observing the resistance value shown on the tester, disconnect branch wire connector (except F74 and F78) from the CAN No. 6

junction connector until the resistance becomes normal (6 kOhms or higher (for +B short) or 200 Ohms or higher (for ground short)).

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 316

HINT

* The connectors connected to the CAN junction connector can be distinguished by the colors of the bus wire.

* Reconnecting the connectors to non-specified positions on the CAN junction connector does not affect system operation.

Result:

B -- CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

16. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the connector for the bus wire that is shorted to +B or GND to the CAN junction connector (the connector that caused the

bus wire resistance to change to 6 kOhms or higher (for +B short) or 200 Ohms or higher (for ground short) when it was disconnected).

(b) Disconnect the connector that includes terminals CANH and CANL from the ECU to which the bus wire shorted to +B or GND is

connected.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 317

HINT

If the resistance becomes normal when the connector is disconnected from the ECU, there may be a short in the ECU.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR

OK -- REPLACE CORRESPONDING ECU

17. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES

(a) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1002: Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Main Body)

U1002 - Lost Communication with Gateway Module (Main Body)

DESCRIPTION

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 318

* The main body ECU will store this DTC when no signals can be received from the ECUs that have been memorized as those that are

connected to the CAN MS bus.

* When the main body ECU receives a response signal from the ECUs connected to the CAN MS bus, the main body ECU recognizes and

memorizes that the ECU is connected to the CAN MS bus. Based on this memorized data, the main body ECU monitors for malfunctions in

the ECUs connected to the CAN MS bus when communicating with those ECUs. If the main body ECU cannot receive response signals from

the ECUs that have been memorized as those connected to the CAN MS bus, the main body ECU determines that a malfunction exists.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN MS BUS WIRE

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 319

Text in Illustration

(c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal.

(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Result:

D -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

C -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

B -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

A -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

2. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 320

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

3. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Reconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (MAIN BODY ECU)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 321

OK -- REPLACE CAN NO. 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5. CHECK FOR OPEN IN CAN BUS MAIN WIRE (MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

6. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

7. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Reconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 322

(b) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

8. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

9. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Connect the probes of an ohmmeter to terminals CANH and CANL of the tilt and telescopic ECU.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 323

(c) While observing the resistance value shown on the tester, disconnect branch wire connector (except F74 and F78) from the CAN No. 6

junction connector until the resistance becomes normal (between 54 and 69 Ohms).

Text in Illustration

HINT

* The connectors connected to the CAN junction connector can be distinguished by the colors of the bus wire.

* Reconnecting the connectors to non-specified positions on the CAN junction connector does not affect system operation.

Result:

B -- CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the connector for the short-circuited branch wire to the CAN junction connector (the connector that caused the bus wire

resistance to become normal (between 54 and 69 Ohms) when it was disconnected).

(b) Disconnect the connector that includes terminals CANH and CANL from the ECU to which the short-circuited branch wire is

connected.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 324

Text in Illustration

HINT

If the resistance becomes normal (between 54 and 69 Ohms) when the connector is disconnected from the ECU, there may be a

short in the ECU.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR

OK -- REPLACE CORRESPONDING ECU

11. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

12. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 325

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

13. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 326

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - TILT AND TELESCOPIC

ECU)

OK -- Continue to next step.

14. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

(a) Disconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES

OK -- Continue to next step.

15. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

(a) Reconnect the CAN No. 6 junction connectors.

(b) Connect the probes of an ohmmeter to terminals CANH or CANL and GND or +B of the tilt and telescopic ECU.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 327

Text in Illustration

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

(c) While observing the resistance value shown on the tester, disconnect branch wire connector (except F74 and F78) from the CAN No. 6

junction connector until the resistance becomes normal (6 kOhms or higher (for +B short) or 200 Ohms or higher (for ground short)).

Text in Illustration

HINT

* The connectors connected to the CAN junction connector can be distinguished by the colors of the bus wire.

* Reconnecting the connectors to non-specified positions on the CAN junction connector does not affect system operation.

Result:

B -- CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

A -- REPLACE CAN NO. 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

16. CHECK FOR CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 328

(a) Reconnect the connector for the bus wire that is shorted to +B or GND to the CAN junction connector (the connector that caused the

bus wire resistance to change to 6 kOhms or higher (for +B short) or 200 Ohms or higher (for ground short) when it was disconnected).

(b) Disconnect the connector that includes terminals CANH and CANL from the ECU to which the bus wire shorted to +B or GND is

connected.

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

HINT

If the resistance becomes normal when the connector is disconnected from the ECU, there may be a short in the ECU.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR

OK -- REPLACE CORRESPONDING ECU

17. CHECK FOR SHORT IN CAN MS BUS WIRES

(a) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 329

HINT

It is only necessary to perform the inspection in the above table for the result (short circuit) that was obtained in the Check CAN

MS Bus Wire inspection.

Find the necessary inspection from the Purpose column that matches the result in the Result column from the Check CAN MS Bus

Wire inspection.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN MS BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CAN NO. 6 J/C - MAIN BODY ECU)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX NETWORK BODY ECU (MAIN BODY ECU) See: Power and Ground Distribution/Power

Distribution Module/Service and Repair/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1100: Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 330

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION

(SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (SEAT BELT

CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 331

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1100: Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 332

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION

(SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (SEAT BELT

CONTROL ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 333

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Disconnect the seat belt control ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE SEAT BELT CONTROL ECU

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 334

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U0122,U0123,U0126,U0140,U0151,U1100: Lost Communication with Vehicle Dynamics

Control Module

U1100 - Lost Communication with Seat Belt Control ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU uses the millimeter wave radar sensor to detect obstacles in front of the vehicle.

Based on this information, the driving support ECU sends pre-collision control operation signals.

These DTCs are stored when a communication malfunction occurs between the sensors and ECUs that detect collisions, or between ECUs that

perform the pre-collision control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 335

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(a) Select "CAN Bus Check" from the "System Selection Menu" screen on the Techstream.

(b) Select "Communication Malfunction DTC" from the "CAN Bus Check" screen, and then select "Enter".

Result:

B -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication System

A -- CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION

) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled

Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U1102: Lost Communication with Radar Sensor

U1102 - Lost Communication with Radar Sensor

DESCRIPTION

The millimeter wave radar sensor and driving support ECU transmit the data for general vehicle control and diagnosis function along the

communication line. The driving support ECU determines the curve radius information based on signals from the steering wheel and yaw rate and

acceleration sensor. The driving support ECU transmits the current vehicle speed and curve radius information to the millimeter wave radar sensor.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 336

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

When the millimeter wave radar sensor is replaced with a new one, adjustment of the radar sensor beam axis must be performed

See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 337

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR - BODY GROUND)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 338

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Components

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU

(a) Replace the driving support ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Components.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

6. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

(b) Perform the following to make sure that the DTC detection conditions are met.

HINT

If the detection conditions are not met, the malfunction cannot be detected.

(1) Drive the vehicle at a speed of 50 km/h (31 mph) or more.

(2) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(c) Check for DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

Result:

B -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Components

A -- END

From 08/2009

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 339

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U1102: Lost Communication with Radar Sensor

U1102 - Lost Communication with Radar Sensor

DESCRIPTION

The millimeter wave radar sensor and driving support ECU transmit the data for general vehicle control and diagnosis function along the

communication line. The driving support ECU determines the curve radius information based on signals from the steering wheel and yaw rate and

acceleration sensor. The driving support ECU transmits the current vehicle speed and curve radius information to the millimeter wave radar sensor.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

When the millimeter wave radar sensor is replaced with a new one, adjustment of the radar sensor beam axis must be performed

See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 340

Standard Resistance:

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR - BODY GROUND)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

Text in Illustration

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 341

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the driving support ECU connector.

NG -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Components

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU

(a) Replace the driving support ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Components.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

6. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

(b) Perform the following to make sure that the DTC detection conditions are met.

HINT

If the detection conditions are not met, the malfunction cannot be detected.

(1) Drive the vehicle at a speed of 50 km/h (31 mph) or more.

(2) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(c) Check for DTCs See: Cruise Control/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Dynamic Radar Cruise

Control System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 342

B -- REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and

Parking Assist Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Components

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

From 08/2009

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 343

CRUISE CONTROL: DYNAMIC RADAR CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM: U0100,U0122,U0123,U0126,U1104: Lost Communication with

ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The ECM communicates several signals with each sensor and ECU by CAN communication circuit.

There are any malfunctions in the communication circuit, one or more DTCs in the CAN communication system are output.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Check for DTCs See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial

Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/Diagnosis System

NEXT -- CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions/CAN Communication

System

Up to 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U1104: Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU sends vehicle speed and vehicle condition information to the millimeter wave radar sensor. The millimeter wave radar

sensor then sends information on the presence, distance, and relative speed of objects ahead to the driving support ECU. The driving support ECU

sends this information to the ECM and performs cruise control.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 344

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* When replacing the millimeter wave radar sensor with a new one, make sure to perform Adjust Millimeter Wave Radar

Sensor Assembly See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance

Sensor/Adjustments.

* Confirm that the connector is securely connected, as a partially connected connector is suspected for the cause of this DTC.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 345

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR

SENSOR)

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (IGB VOLTAGE)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGB CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 346

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK DRIVING SUPPORT ECU (LRRD OUTPUT VOLTAGE)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR

(a) Replace the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Removal.

(b) Adjust the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

6. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

(b) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(c) Drive the vehicle at the required speed (27 mph (45 km/h) or higher).

(d) Check if the same DTC is output See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing

and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

Result:

B -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

A -- END

From 08/2009

PRE-COLLISION: PRE-COLLISION SYSTEM: U1104: Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 347

DESCRIPTION

The driving support ECU sends vehicle speed and vehicle condition information to the millimeter wave radar sensor. The millimeter wave radar

sensor then sends information on the presence, distance, and relative speed of objects ahead to the driving support ECU. The driving support ECU

sends this information to the ECM and performs cruise control.

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* When replacing the millimeter wave radar sensor with a new one, make sure to perform Adjust Millimeter Wave Radar

Sensor Assembly See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Distance

Sensor/Adjustments.

* Confirm that the connector is securely connected, as a partially connected connector is suspected for the cause of this DTC.

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR)

(a) Disconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 348

(c) Reconnect the driving support ECU and millimeter wave radar sensor connectors.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (DRIVING SUPPORT ECU - MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR

SENSOR)

OK -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (IGB VOLTAGE)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

(d) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGB CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 349

(c) Reconnect the millimeter wave radar sensor connector.

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (SGND CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK DRIVING SUPPORT ECU (LRRD OUTPUT VOLTAGE)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

OK -- Continue to next step.

5. REPLACE MILLIMETER WAVE RADAR SENSOR

(a) Replace the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Service and Repair/Removal.

(b) Adjust the millimeter wave radar sensor See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Distance Sensor/Adjustments.

NEXT -- Continue to next step.

6. CHECK DTC OUTPUT

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing and

Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

(b) Turn the cruise control main switch on.

(c) Drive the vehicle at the required speed (27 mph (45 km/h) or higher).

(d) Check if the same DTC is output See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems/Testing

and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Pre-Collision System.

Result:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 350

B -- REPLACE DRIVING SUPPORT ECU See: Cruise Control/Cruise Control Module/Service and Repair/Removal

A -- END

Up to 08/2009

POWER ASSIST SYSTEMS: POWER STEERING SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U1104: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The power steering ECU receives signals from the ECM and the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) via the CAN communication system.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTC is not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- CHECK INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

POWER ASSIST SYSTEMS: POWER STEERING SYSTEM: U0100,U0129,U1104: Lost Communication with ECM / PCM "A"

U1104 - Lost Communication with Driving Support ECU

DESCRIPTION

The power steering ECU receives signals from the ECM and the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) via the CAN communication system.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC (CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM)

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 351

(b) Check for DTCs See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTC is not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- CHECK INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U110B,U1110: Lost Communication with Parking Assist Control Module "B"

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

DESCRIPTION

HINT

The parking assist ECU includes the clearance sonar module (w/ parking assist monitor and intuitive parking assist system).

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 352

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 353

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE PARKING ASSIST ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Parking Assist ECU/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U110B,U1110: Lost Communication with Parking Assist Control Module "B"

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

DESCRIPTION

HINT

The parking assist ECU includes the clearance sonar module (w/ parking assist monitor and intuitive parking assist system).

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 354

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the parking assist ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (PARKING ASSIST ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 355

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE PARKING ASSIST ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist

Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Parking Assist ECU/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1110: Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 356

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (CLEARANCE WARNING ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the clearance warning ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 357

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CLEARANCE WARNING ECU BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CLEARANCE

WARNING ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 358

OK -- REPLACE CLEARANCE WARNING ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking

Assist Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Clearance Warning ECU/Removal

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1110: Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Sonar Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN No. 2 bus DTC U1002 is output from the power management control ECU (Techstream display/Power Management1),

troubleshoot for U1002 and check for malfunctions in the CAN No. 2 main bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS See: U1002

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (CLEARANCE WARNING ECU BRANCH WIRE)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 359

(b) Disconnect the clearance warning ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CLEARANCE WARNING ECU BRANCH WIRE OR CONNECTOR (CLEARANCE

WARNING ECU BRANCH WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Turn the engine switch on (IG).

(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 360

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE CLEARANCE WARNING ECU See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Collision Avoidance and Parking

Assist Systems/Parking Assist Control Module/Service and Repair/Clearance Warning ECU/Removal

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 361

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for DVD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a CAN communication circuit malfunction is detected by display and navigation module display self check.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for DVD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 362

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

NAVIGATION / MULTI INFO DISPLAY: NAVIGATION SYSTEM (for HDD): U0073,U0155,U0164,U1110: Control Module

Communication Bus Off

U1110 - Lost Communication with Clearance Warning ECU

DESCRIPTION

These DTCs are stored when a malfunction occurs in the CAN communication circuit.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC

(a) Clear the DTC See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Navigation System/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing

Diagnostic Trouble Codes/Navigation System (for HDD).

(b) Recheck for DTCs and check if the same DTC is output again.

OK:

No DTCs are output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

Up to 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1115: Lost Communication with Tilt and Telescopic Module

U1115 - Lost Communication with Tilt and Telescopic Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 363

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU MAIN WIRE/CAN MS BUS)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

(b) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 364

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

MAIN WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 365

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

From 08/2009

NETWORKING: CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: U1115: Lost Communication with Tilt and Telescopic Module

U1115 - Lost Communication with Tilt and Telescopic Module

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NOTICE:

* Turn the engine switch off before measuring the resistances between CAN bus main wires and between CAN bus branch

wires.

* Turn the engine switch off before inspecting CAN bus wires for a ground short.

* After the engine switch is turned off, check that the key reminder warning system and light reminder warning system are not

operating.

* Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the engine switch, any other

switches or the doors. If any doors need to be opened in order to check connectors, open the doors and leave them open.

HINT

* Operating the engine switch, any other switches or a door triggers related ECU and sensor communication on the CAN. This

communication will cause the resistance value to change.

* Even after DTCs are cleared, if a DTC is stored again after driving the vehicle for a while, the malfunction may be occurring

due to vibration of the vehicle. In such a case, wiggling the ECUs or wire harness while performing the inspection below may

help determine the cause of the malfunction.

PROCEDURE

1. RECONFIRM DTC OUTPUT

(a) Reconfirm DTCs.

HINT

If CAN MS bus DTC U1002 is output from the main body ECU (Techstream display/Main Body), troubleshoot for U1002 and

check for malfunctions in the CAN MS bus circuit.

Result:

B -- GO TO CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS

A -- Continue to next step.

2. CHECK CAN BUS WIRE FOR DISCONNECTION (MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU MAIN WIRE/CAN MS BUS)

(a) Turn the engine switch off.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 366

(b) Disconnect the tilt and telescopic ECU connector.

Text in Illustration

(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Resistance:

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE CAN BUS MAIN WIRE OR CONNECTOR (MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

MAIN WIRE)

OK -- Continue to next step.

3. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Standard Voltage:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)

OK -- Continue to next step.

4. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the table below.

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 367

Standard Resistance:

Text in Illustration

NG -- REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)

OK -- REPLACE MULTIPLEX TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

Up to 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

2010 Lexus Truck RX 350 AWD V6-3.5L (2GR-FE) U CODE Page 368

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting

From 08/2009

LIGHTING (EXT): LIGHTING SYSTEM: U0101,U0073,U0100,U0126,U0129,U0130,U0142,U0163,U0182,U1000,U1121: Lost

Communication with ECM

U1121 - Lost Communication with Driver Seat Module

DESCRIPTION

The DTCs are stored when the CAN communication system is malfunctioning.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR DTC

(a) Clear the DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

(b) Check for DTCs See: Lighting and Horns/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

OK:

DTCs are not output.

NG -- GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information

Bus/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview/CAN Communication System/How to Proceed With

Troubleshooting

OK -- USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm

Systems/Diagrams/Diagnostic Aids/How To Troubleshoot ECU Controlled Systems/How To Proceed With Troubleshooting